1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2486 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2499 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2501 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2503 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2504 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2506 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2509 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2512 /* Draw the foreground. */
2515 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2517 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2519 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2522 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2524 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2526 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2528 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2532 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2539 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2541 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2542 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2544 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2545 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2546 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2551 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2552 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2554 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2555 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2589 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2592 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2596 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2599 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2602 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2604 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2605 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2606 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2607 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2609 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2615 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2616 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2618 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2619 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2620 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2621 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2622 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2623 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2638 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2646 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2653 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2667 /* Draw underline. */
2668 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2673 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2674 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2677 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2678 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2679 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2680 specs, and its default is
2682 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2683 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2685 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2686 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2687 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2688 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2689 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2691 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2751 /* Reset clipping. */
2752 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2755 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2760 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2762 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2763 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2764 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2768 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2779 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2780 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2783 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2790 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2791 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2795 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2796 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2806 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2808 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2810 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2811 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2812 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2814 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2815 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2817 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2819 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2820 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2821 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2823 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2830 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2832 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2833 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2835 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2838 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2839 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2842 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2843 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2845 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2846 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2850 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2856 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2857 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2861 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2863 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2864 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2866 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2868 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2880 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2881 pixels into background pixels. */
2885 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2886 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2887 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2889 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2890 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2894 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2895 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2896 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2897 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2898 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2899 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2904 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2905 edge it is next to. */
2906 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2909 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2912 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2913 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2920 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2922 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2923 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2928 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (height
- flash_height
2933 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2937 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2940 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2945 struct timeval wakeup
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2949 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2950 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2951 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2952 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2954 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2956 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2958 struct timeval current
;
2959 struct timeval timeout
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2963 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2964 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2967 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2969 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2971 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2972 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2976 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2977 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2982 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (height
- flash_height
2987 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2996 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3007 /* Make audible bell. */
3012 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3016 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3023 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3024 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3031 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3032 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3033 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3034 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3037 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3040 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3045 /***********************************************************************
3047 ***********************************************************************/
3049 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3050 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3053 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3060 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3063 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3068 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3070 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3071 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3073 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3075 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3076 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3077 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3081 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3082 line at the bottom. */
3083 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3084 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3086 height
= run
->height
;
3090 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3092 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3093 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3095 height
= run
->height
;
3100 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3104 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3105 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3116 /***********************************************************************
3118 ***********************************************************************/
3125 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3126 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3127 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3128 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3130 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3133 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3151 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3152 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3153 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3154 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3155 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3158 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3160 struct frame
*frame
;
3162 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3164 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3166 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3167 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3168 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3170 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3171 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3174 selected_frame
= frame
;
3175 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3177 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3178 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3182 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3187 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3190 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3191 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3192 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3195 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3204 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3206 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3207 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3209 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3210 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3211 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3212 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3213 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3215 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3216 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3245 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3247 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3250 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3251 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3253 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3255 struct frame
*frame
;
3257 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3261 switch (event
->type
)
3266 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3268 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3270 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3271 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3272 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3273 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3275 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3281 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3282 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3283 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3284 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3290 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3293 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3296 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3299 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3300 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3301 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3303 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3304 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3305 the appropriate X display info. */
3308 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3315 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3320 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3323 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3324 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3325 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3326 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3328 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3329 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3338 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3339 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3340 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3346 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3348 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3350 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3353 int min_code
, max_code
;
3356 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3358 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3367 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3368 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3371 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3372 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3374 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3376 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3377 Alt keysyms are on. */
3379 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3380 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3382 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3384 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3385 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3387 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3389 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3393 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3397 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3399 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3405 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3406 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3418 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3420 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3426 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3427 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3428 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3432 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3433 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3434 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3435 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3436 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3597 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3599 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3600 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3601 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3602 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3607 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3608 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3609 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3610 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3611 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3612 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3614 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3615 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3616 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3617 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3618 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3619 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3627 /************************************************************************
3629 ************************************************************************/
3632 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3634 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3635 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3636 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3637 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3638 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3643 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3644 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3646 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3647 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3648 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3649 position on the scroll bar.
3651 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3652 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3655 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3656 was at this position.
3658 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3660 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3664 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3667 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3668 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3670 unsigned long *time
;
3676 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3677 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3683 Window dummy_window
;
3686 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3688 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3689 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3690 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3691 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3693 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3695 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3696 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3697 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3699 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3702 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3703 a different screen. */
3706 /* The position on that root window. */
3709 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3712 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3714 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3716 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3717 containing the pointer. */
3721 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3726 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3727 structure is changing at the same time this function
3728 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3730 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3732 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3733 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3735 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3736 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3737 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3739 /* From-window, to-window. */
3740 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3742 /* From-position, to-position. */
3743 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3747 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3753 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3755 /* From-window, to-window. */
3758 /* From-position, to-position. */
3759 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3764 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3772 /* Now we know that:
3773 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3774 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3775 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3776 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3777 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3778 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3779 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3780 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3781 never use them in that case.) */
3783 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3784 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3786 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3787 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3790 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3791 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3793 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3796 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3799 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3801 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3804 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3806 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3810 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3816 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3817 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3821 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3822 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3823 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3824 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3825 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3826 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3827 the frame are divided into. */
3829 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3830 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3835 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3836 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3837 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3847 /***********************************************************************
3849 ***********************************************************************/
3851 /* Scroll bar support. */
3853 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3855 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3858 static struct scroll_bar
*
3859 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3865 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3866 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3867 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3869 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3870 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3873 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3875 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3876 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3877 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3880 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3882 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3883 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3884 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3885 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3886 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3889 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3890 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3891 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3892 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3899 #if defined USE_LUCID
3901 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3902 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3905 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3910 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3911 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3914 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3915 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3917 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3924 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3927 /************************************************************************
3929 ************************************************************************/
3931 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3933 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3934 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3935 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3936 struct scroll_bar
*));
3937 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3941 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3942 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3944 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3946 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3948 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3950 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3951 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3954 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3956 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3958 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3960 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3961 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3962 to avoid jerkyness. */
3964 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3966 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3967 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3968 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3969 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3972 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3975 XtPointer client_data
;
3979 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3985 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3986 end_action
= "Release";
3987 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3988 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3989 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3990 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3993 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3994 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3998 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3999 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4000 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4002 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4004 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4005 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4006 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4008 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4009 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4011 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4012 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4015 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4017 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4018 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4020 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4021 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4024 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4025 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4026 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4027 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4030 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4032 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4035 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4036 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4037 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4042 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4043 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4044 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4045 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4046 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4049 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4050 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4051 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4052 into that array in the event. */
4053 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4054 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4057 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4059 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4060 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4061 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4063 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4065 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4066 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4069 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4070 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4071 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4072 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4073 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4074 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4076 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4077 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4079 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4080 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4081 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4082 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4087 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4091 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4093 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4095 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4100 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4101 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4103 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4104 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4106 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4107 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4110 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4112 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4114 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4115 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4116 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4117 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4118 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4124 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4126 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4129 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4130 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4131 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4134 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4136 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4138 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4139 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4140 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4144 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4145 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4146 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4149 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4150 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4151 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4154 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4155 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4156 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4159 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4160 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4161 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4165 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4166 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4169 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4170 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4171 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4178 /* Get the slider size. */
4180 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4183 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4184 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4185 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4186 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4190 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4196 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4197 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4198 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4203 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4205 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4206 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4209 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4213 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4219 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4220 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4222 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4224 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4227 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4229 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4235 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4237 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4239 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4241 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4242 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4244 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4246 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4247 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4249 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4251 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4252 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4254 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4256 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4257 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4261 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4262 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4263 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4264 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4269 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4270 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4271 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4275 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4277 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4278 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4279 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4283 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4285 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4287 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4288 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4290 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4293 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4295 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4299 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4301 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4302 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4303 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4304 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4305 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4307 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4309 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4311 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4312 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4313 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4314 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4318 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4319 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4320 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4321 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4322 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4323 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4324 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4327 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4329 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4331 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4332 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4333 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4337 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4339 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4342 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4343 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4345 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4346 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4347 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4348 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4350 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4352 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4354 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4355 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4358 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4359 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4361 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4363 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4364 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4368 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4370 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4372 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4375 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4380 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4383 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4385 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4391 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4392 unsigned long pixel
;
4397 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4398 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4399 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4400 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4401 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4402 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4403 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4404 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4406 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4409 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4413 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4416 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4420 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4421 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4423 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4426 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4428 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4430 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4432 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4434 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4436 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4439 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4440 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4442 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4443 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4444 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4445 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4447 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4449 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4450 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4451 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4452 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4453 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4454 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4455 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4456 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4458 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4461 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4465 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4468 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4472 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4474 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4475 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4477 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4478 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4479 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4481 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4485 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4486 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4487 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4489 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4492 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4493 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4495 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4496 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4497 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4499 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4503 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4504 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4505 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4507 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4509 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4512 /* Specify the colors. */
4513 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4516 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4519 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4522 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4528 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4529 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4533 char *val
= initial
;
4534 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4535 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4536 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4538 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4539 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4540 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4541 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4542 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4543 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4547 /* Define callbacks. */
4548 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4549 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4552 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4553 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4555 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4557 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4558 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4559 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4560 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4562 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4563 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4564 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4565 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4569 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4572 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4573 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4577 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4578 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4579 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4581 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4584 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4586 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4587 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4588 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4590 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4591 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4598 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4599 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4600 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4601 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4602 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4603 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4604 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4605 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4606 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4607 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4608 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4609 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4610 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4611 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4618 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4619 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4622 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4626 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4627 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4629 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4630 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4631 size
= max (size
, 1);
4633 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4634 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4635 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4637 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4639 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4645 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4646 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4650 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4652 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4653 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4654 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4658 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4659 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4660 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4663 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4664 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4666 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4667 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4668 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4669 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4671 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4672 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4675 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4676 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4677 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4679 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4683 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4687 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4689 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4693 /************************************************************************
4694 Scroll bars, general
4695 ************************************************************************/
4697 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4698 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4699 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4702 static struct scroll_bar
*
4703 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4705 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4707 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4708 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4709 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4713 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4714 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4715 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4717 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4721 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4722 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4723 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4725 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4726 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4728 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4730 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4732 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4733 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4734 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4735 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4736 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4738 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4740 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4741 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4742 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4744 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4746 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4753 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4755 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4757 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4758 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4759 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4760 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4761 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4762 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4763 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4764 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4766 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4767 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4769 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4770 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4771 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4773 /* Map the window/widget. */
4774 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4777 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4778 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4780 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4781 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4783 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4784 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4785 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4786 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4787 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4789 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4790 max (height
, 1), 0);
4791 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4792 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4794 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4795 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4796 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4803 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4805 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4806 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4807 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4810 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4811 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4812 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4813 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4814 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4816 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4819 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4820 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4824 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4825 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4826 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4827 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4829 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4831 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4832 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4838 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4839 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4840 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4842 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4843 the distance between start and end. */
4845 int length
= end
- start
;
4849 else if (start
> top_range
)
4851 end
= start
+ length
;
4855 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4859 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4860 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4861 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4863 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4864 if (end
> top_range
)
4867 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4868 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4869 that many pixels tall. */
4870 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4872 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4873 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4875 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4876 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4877 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4878 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4879 inside_width
, start
,
4882 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4883 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4884 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4885 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4887 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4888 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4889 /* x, y, width, height */
4890 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4891 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4892 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4894 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4895 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4896 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4897 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4899 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4900 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4901 if (end
< inside_height
)
4902 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4903 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4904 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4905 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4906 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4914 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4916 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4920 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4921 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4923 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4926 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4928 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4929 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4930 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4931 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4933 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4936 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4937 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4943 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4944 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4945 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4949 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4951 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4953 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4954 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4955 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4956 int window_y
, window_height
;
4958 /* Get window dimensions. */
4959 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4961 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4962 height
= window_height
;
4964 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4965 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4967 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4968 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4969 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4970 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4974 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4975 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4976 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4978 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4979 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4983 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4984 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4985 : width
- sb_width
));
4987 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4988 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4993 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4994 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4996 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4999 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5000 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5004 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5008 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5009 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5011 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5015 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5017 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5019 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5021 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5024 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5026 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5029 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5030 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5031 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5032 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5033 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5035 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5036 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5038 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5039 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5041 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5042 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5043 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5045 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5046 max (height
, 1), 0);
5047 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5049 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5051 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5052 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5053 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5055 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5056 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5058 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5059 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5060 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5064 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5065 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5066 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5069 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5070 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5071 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5073 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5074 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5075 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5076 rest
, height
, False
);
5078 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5079 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5083 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5088 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5090 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5092 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5096 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5098 /* Remember new settings. */
5099 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5100 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5101 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5102 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5107 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5108 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5109 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5110 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5112 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5114 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5117 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5120 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5121 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5122 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5125 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5127 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5131 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5132 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5133 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5134 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5135 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5136 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5137 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5139 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5140 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5141 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5144 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5147 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5148 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5151 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5152 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5153 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5154 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5155 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5156 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5157 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5162 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5163 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5166 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5167 struct window
*window
;
5169 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5172 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5173 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5176 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5178 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5179 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5180 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5182 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5184 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5185 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5187 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5188 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5189 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5191 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5192 one or the other! */
5196 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5198 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5199 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5201 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5203 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5204 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5205 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5208 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5209 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5212 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5215 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5217 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5219 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5220 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5221 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5223 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5225 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5227 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5230 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5233 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5234 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5238 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5239 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5240 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5242 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5246 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5247 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5250 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5251 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5252 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5253 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5257 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5259 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5260 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5262 /* x, y, width, height */
5264 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5265 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5270 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5272 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5273 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5275 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5280 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5281 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5283 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5285 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5288 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5289 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5290 emacs_event
->modifiers
5291 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5292 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5293 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5294 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5297 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5298 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5299 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5302 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5304 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5307 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5308 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5311 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5313 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5314 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5315 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5316 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5318 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5320 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5321 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5322 whether or not we're dragging. */
5324 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5326 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5327 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5328 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5331 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5332 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5333 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5334 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5336 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5337 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5339 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5340 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5344 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5346 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5348 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5349 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5351 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5353 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5356 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5360 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5362 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5364 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5368 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5369 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5372 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5374 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5377 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5379 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5380 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5382 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5383 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5385 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5387 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5389 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5394 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5396 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5397 on the scroll bar. */
5400 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5402 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5403 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5405 unsigned long *time
;
5407 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5408 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5409 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5411 Window dummy_window
;
5413 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5417 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5419 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5421 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5422 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5423 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5425 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5428 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5435 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5438 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5440 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5442 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5443 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5447 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5451 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5453 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5454 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5455 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5456 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5457 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5458 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5460 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5462 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5463 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5466 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5469 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5475 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5476 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5477 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5481 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5484 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5487 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5488 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5489 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5490 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5491 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5492 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5493 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5494 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5496 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5500 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5503 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5504 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5505 sometimes don't work. */
5507 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5510 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5511 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5512 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5513 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5515 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5516 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5518 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5520 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5521 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5523 static int temp_index
;
5524 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5526 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5527 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5529 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5531 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5532 on a particular display. */
5534 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5536 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5537 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5538 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5539 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5541 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5543 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5546 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5547 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5548 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5549 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5550 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5551 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5555 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5556 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5566 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5567 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5568 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5570 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5572 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5576 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5580 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5581 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5582 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5585 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5586 event
->xclient
.window
);
5588 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5593 static int current_count
;
5594 static int current_finish
;
5595 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5597 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5598 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5599 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5600 static GdkFilterReturn
5601 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5606 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5608 if (current_count
>= 0)
5610 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5612 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5615 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5616 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5617 so we do it here. */
5618 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5619 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5620 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5624 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5628 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5633 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5635 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5636 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5638 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5640 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5643 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5645 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5646 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5647 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5649 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5652 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5653 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5656 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5659 struct input_event ie
;
5660 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5666 struct coding_system coding
;
5667 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5669 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5671 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5672 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5679 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5680 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5681 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5683 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5684 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5686 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5687 could be the shell widget window
5688 if the frame has no title bar. */
5689 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5691 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5692 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5693 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5695 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5696 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5697 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5698 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5699 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5702 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5703 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5704 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5705 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5708 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5709 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5710 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5713 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5714 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5715 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5716 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5717 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5718 /* The ICCCM says this is
5719 the only valid choice. */
5721 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5722 /* This is needed to detect the error
5723 if there is an error. */
5725 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5727 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5732 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5733 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5735 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5736 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5737 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5738 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5739 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5740 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5741 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5742 session manager and one for this. */
5744 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5747 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5748 event
.xclient
.window
);
5749 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5750 for a single Emacs process. */
5751 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5752 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5753 event
.xclient
.window
,
5754 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5756 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5757 event
.xclient
.window
,
5763 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5764 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5766 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5767 event
.xclient
.window
);
5769 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5771 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5772 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5779 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5780 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5785 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5786 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5789 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5791 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5792 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5796 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5803 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5804 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5806 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5807 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5811 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5813 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5814 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5815 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5816 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5818 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5819 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5820 currently never do because we are interested in
5821 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5822 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5823 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5824 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5825 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5829 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5830 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5831 we construct an input_event. */
5832 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5833 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5835 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5836 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5839 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5841 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5846 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5847 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5851 case SelectionNotify
:
5852 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5853 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5855 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5856 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5859 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5860 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5861 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5863 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5865 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5867 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5868 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5869 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5870 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5871 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5875 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5876 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5877 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5879 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5881 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5882 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5884 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5885 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5886 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5887 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5888 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5889 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5890 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5891 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5895 case PropertyNotify
:
5896 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5897 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5898 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5899 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5900 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5904 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5907 case ReparentNotify
:
5908 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5912 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5913 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5917 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5918 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5923 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5926 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5929 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5930 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5931 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5932 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5933 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5936 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5938 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5939 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5940 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5941 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5945 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5946 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5950 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5951 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5953 #if defined USE_LUCID
5954 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5955 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5956 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5959 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5961 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5963 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5965 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5966 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5968 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5969 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5970 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5973 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5974 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5977 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5978 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5982 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5983 source area was obscured or not
5985 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5989 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5990 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5991 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5993 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5996 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5999 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6000 source area was completely
6005 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6006 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6009 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6012 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6013 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6014 the frame was deleted. */
6016 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6017 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6018 display that won't ever be seen. */
6019 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6020 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6021 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6022 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6023 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6024 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6025 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6026 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6028 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6030 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6031 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6037 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6038 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6039 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6042 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6043 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6044 frame is visible. */
6045 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6048 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6049 the frame's display structures.
6050 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6051 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6052 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6053 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6054 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6055 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6057 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6058 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6059 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6063 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6064 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6066 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6067 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6068 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6069 to update the frame titles
6070 in case this is the second frame. */
6071 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6077 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6079 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6080 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6081 if (popup_activated ())
6085 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6087 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6089 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6090 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6093 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6096 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6097 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6098 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6100 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6102 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6103 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6106 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6110 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6111 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6112 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6115 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6116 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6117 status_return even if the input is too long to
6118 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6119 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6120 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6121 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6122 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6123 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6124 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6126 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6130 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6131 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6132 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6134 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6138 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6139 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6140 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6142 /* This will have to go some day... */
6144 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6145 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6146 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6147 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6148 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6149 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6150 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6152 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6153 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6154 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6155 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6156 not it is combined with Meta. */
6157 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6158 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6163 Status status_return
;
6165 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6166 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6167 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6168 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6170 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6172 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6173 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6174 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6175 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6176 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6179 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6180 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6181 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6182 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6183 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6184 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6185 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6186 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6188 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6190 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6191 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6192 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6195 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6201 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6203 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6208 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6209 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6213 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6214 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6217 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6218 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6222 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6223 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6224 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6227 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6228 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6230 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6231 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6233 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6234 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6236 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6237 translations to characters. */
6238 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6239 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6241 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6242 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6246 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6247 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6248 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6250 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6254 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6255 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6257 else if (code
< 0x100)
6260 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6262 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6263 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6264 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6269 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6271 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6272 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6275 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6277 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6278 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6279 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6284 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6285 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6286 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6290 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6291 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6292 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6293 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6297 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6298 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6299 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6300 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6301 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6302 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6304 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6305 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6307 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6308 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6309 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6310 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6311 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6312 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6314 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6315 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6317 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6318 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6320 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6321 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6323 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6324 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6326 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6327 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6329 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6330 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6332 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6333 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6335 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6336 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6338 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6339 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6341 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6342 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6344 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6345 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6347 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6348 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6350 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6351 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6353 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6354 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6355 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6356 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6357 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6358 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6360 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6361 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6364 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6366 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6367 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6368 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6369 don't have real modifiers but
6370 should be treated similarly to
6371 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6372 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6373 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6375 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6376 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6380 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6381 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6383 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6384 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6388 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6393 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6394 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6395 we used just above and the locale. */
6396 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6397 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6398 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6399 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6400 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6401 gives us composition information. */
6402 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6404 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6406 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6410 /* Decode the input data. */
6414 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6415 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6416 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6417 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6418 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6419 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6420 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6421 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6422 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6426 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6427 character events. */
6428 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6430 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6431 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6433 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6435 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6436 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6437 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6439 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6442 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6443 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6446 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6448 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6454 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6455 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6464 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6465 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6473 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6475 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6477 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6478 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6481 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6483 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6484 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6486 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6488 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6489 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6492 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6493 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6496 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6497 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6498 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6499 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6501 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6502 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6503 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6504 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6509 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6513 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6515 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6518 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6520 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6521 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6522 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6523 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6526 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6527 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6528 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6529 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6530 if (any_help_event_p
)
6534 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6535 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6536 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6541 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6546 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6547 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6549 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6550 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6551 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6553 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6555 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6557 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6558 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6564 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6565 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6569 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6570 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6573 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6574 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6575 will be selected iff it is active. */
6576 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6577 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6578 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6580 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6581 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6586 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6587 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6591 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6593 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6594 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6597 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6598 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6600 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6601 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6602 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6605 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6606 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6607 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6608 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6613 case ConfigureNotify
:
6614 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6617 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6619 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6620 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6621 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6622 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6623 do this one, the right one will come later.
6624 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6625 need to reset it below. */
6627 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6628 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6629 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6630 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6635 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6636 is called by the code that handles resizing
6637 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6639 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6640 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6641 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6642 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6643 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6644 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6645 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6647 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6648 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6649 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6651 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6654 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6655 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6658 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6659 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6660 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6661 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6664 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6665 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6666 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6668 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6669 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6670 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6674 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6675 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6678 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6680 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6681 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6682 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6683 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6691 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6692 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6695 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6696 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6698 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6700 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6701 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6703 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6707 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6708 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6709 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6712 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6713 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6715 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6716 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6718 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6719 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6721 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6722 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6723 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6729 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6730 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6732 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6733 if (! popup_activated ())
6736 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6738 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6739 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6741 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6742 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6744 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6745 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6748 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6754 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6755 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6756 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6758 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6759 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6761 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6763 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6764 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6766 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6768 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6769 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6772 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6774 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6775 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6778 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6781 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6783 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6784 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6785 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6789 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6790 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6791 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6792 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6793 Instead, save it away
6794 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6795 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6798 ! popup_activated ()
6801 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6802 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6803 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6804 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6805 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6806 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6807 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6808 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6810 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6811 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6813 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6816 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6818 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6822 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6823 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6824 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6826 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6828 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6829 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6830 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6835 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6838 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6842 case CirculateNotify
:
6845 case CirculateRequest
:
6848 case VisibilityNotify
:
6852 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6854 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6856 case MappingModifier
:
6857 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6858 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6859 case MappingKeyboard
:
6860 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6866 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6868 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6869 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6871 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6876 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6878 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6883 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6888 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6894 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6895 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6896 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6900 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6901 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6911 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6912 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6913 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6915 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6917 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6921 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6922 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6924 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6927 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6933 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6934 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6935 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6937 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6938 thus pretending to be `read'.
6940 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6943 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6946 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6950 int event_found
= 0;
6951 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6953 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6955 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6959 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6962 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6963 input_signal_count
++;
6967 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6968 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6969 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6971 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6973 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6974 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6975 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6976 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6977 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6978 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6981 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6982 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6983 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6984 for X connections. */
6987 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6989 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6990 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6991 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6992 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6994 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6998 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6999 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7001 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7002 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7007 struct input_event inev
;
7009 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7010 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7011 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7013 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7021 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7025 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7028 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7029 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7034 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7036 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7039 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7044 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7045 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7046 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7047 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7049 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7050 from all displays. */
7052 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7054 current_count
= count
;
7055 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7057 gtk_main_iteration ();
7059 count
= current_count
;
7061 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7063 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7066 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7070 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7071 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7074 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7075 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7076 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7078 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7082 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7083 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7085 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7087 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7088 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7092 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7094 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7095 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7097 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7098 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7110 /***********************************************************************
7112 ***********************************************************************/
7114 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7115 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7117 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7118 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7119 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7122 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7124 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7128 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7129 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7130 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7132 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7134 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7135 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7136 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7137 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7138 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7140 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7144 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7147 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7149 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7152 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7153 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7156 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7159 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7160 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7161 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7162 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7165 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7166 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7167 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7168 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7170 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7171 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7172 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7173 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7174 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7176 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7177 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7178 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7180 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7181 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7182 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7183 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7187 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7189 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7190 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7191 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7195 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7197 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7199 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7201 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7202 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7204 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7205 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7207 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7208 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7211 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7212 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7213 the bar might not be in the window. */
7214 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7216 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7217 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7218 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7222 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7223 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7224 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7225 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7226 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7229 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7230 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7231 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7232 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7233 that the glyph is legible. */
7234 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7235 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7237 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7238 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7241 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7244 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7245 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7249 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7250 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7252 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7253 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7255 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7256 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7257 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7258 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7259 width
, row
->height
);
7261 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7262 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7263 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7264 row
->height
- width
),
7265 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7268 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7273 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7276 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7280 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7284 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7287 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7289 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7291 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7292 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7296 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7299 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7301 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7303 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7306 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7310 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7311 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7313 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7314 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7316 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7317 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7320 switch (cursor_type
)
7322 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7323 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7326 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7327 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7331 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7335 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7339 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7347 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7348 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7349 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7354 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7355 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7362 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7365 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7371 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7374 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7375 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7376 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7377 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7382 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7383 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7384 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7386 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7387 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7388 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7392 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7393 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7397 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7399 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7402 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7404 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7405 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7406 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7408 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7411 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7412 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7416 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7417 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7421 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7422 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7423 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7424 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7425 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7427 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7430 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7431 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7437 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7438 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7441 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7445 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7451 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7452 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7454 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7455 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7457 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7458 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7459 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7461 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7462 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7463 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7464 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7469 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7471 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7472 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7474 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7475 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7477 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7479 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7481 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7482 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7483 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7486 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7490 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7491 x_error_message
->string
,
7492 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7495 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7496 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7499 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7500 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7501 stored in x_error_message_string.
7503 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7504 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7506 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7508 void x_check_errors ();
7509 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7512 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7515 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7516 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= malloc (sizeof (*data
));
7518 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7519 dummy
= make_number ((EMACS_INT
)dpy
+ (EMACS_INT
)x_error_message
);
7524 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7528 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7529 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7530 x_error_message
= data
;
7532 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, dummy
);
7537 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7540 x_catch_errors_unwind (dummy
)
7543 Display
*dpy
= x_error_message
->dpy
;
7544 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7546 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7547 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7548 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7555 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7556 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7560 make_number ((EMACS_INT
)dpy
+ (EMACS_INT
)x_error_message
)));
7565 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7566 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7567 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7570 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7574 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7577 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7578 error (format
, x_error_message
->string
);
7581 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7582 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7585 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7588 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7591 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7594 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7597 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7600 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7603 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7604 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7605 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7606 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7609 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7613 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7617 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7620 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7625 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7626 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7627 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7628 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7629 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7632 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7633 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7636 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7637 must reestablish each time */
7638 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7643 /************************************************************************
7645 ************************************************************************/
7647 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7649 static char *error_msg
;
7651 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7652 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7653 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7656 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7658 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7662 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7663 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7666 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7668 char *error_message
;
7670 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7671 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7674 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7675 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7676 handling_signal
= 0;
7678 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7679 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7680 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7681 the original message here. */
7682 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7684 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7685 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7686 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7688 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7689 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7690 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7692 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7693 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7695 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7696 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7697 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7699 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7700 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7701 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7704 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7705 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7706 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7707 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7713 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7716 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7718 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7720 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7721 that are on the dead display. */
7722 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7724 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7726 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7727 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7728 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7729 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7730 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7731 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7734 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7735 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7736 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7737 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7738 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7739 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7741 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7742 trying to find a replacement. */
7743 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7744 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7748 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7750 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7752 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7754 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7755 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7759 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7761 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7763 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7764 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7766 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7767 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7770 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7771 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7772 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7774 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7775 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7778 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7782 if (x_error_message
)
7783 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7785 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7789 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7790 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7791 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7793 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7795 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7796 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7801 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7807 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7808 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7810 static void NO_INLINE
7811 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7815 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7817 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7818 original error handler. */
7820 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7821 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7822 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7823 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7827 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7828 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7829 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7832 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7837 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7838 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7842 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7844 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7845 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7846 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7847 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7850 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7852 register char *fontname
;
7854 struct font_info
*fontp
7855 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7860 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7861 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7862 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7864 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7865 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7866 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7868 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7870 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7871 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7873 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7874 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7875 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7879 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7880 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7883 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7884 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7886 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7887 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7888 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7889 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7890 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7891 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7893 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7894 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7895 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7896 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7897 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7900 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7903 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7904 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7905 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7906 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7909 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7913 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7919 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7920 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7922 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7924 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7926 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7927 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7930 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7931 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7935 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7936 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7939 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7943 /***********************************************************************
7945 ***********************************************************************/
7951 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7952 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7953 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7956 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7958 XPointer client_data
;
7961 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7962 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7966 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7967 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7969 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7970 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7972 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7973 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7977 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7978 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7979 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7983 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7986 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7987 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7990 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7991 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7994 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7995 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7996 char *resource_name
;
8003 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8010 XIMCallback destroy
;
8013 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8014 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8017 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8018 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8019 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8025 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8026 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8030 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8034 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8035 char *resource_name
;
8038 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8039 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8040 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8041 when the callback was registered. */
8044 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8046 XPointer client_data
;
8049 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8052 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8056 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8058 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8059 as they have no XIC. */
8060 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8062 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8065 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8069 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8070 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8072 create_frame_xic (f
);
8073 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8074 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8075 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8077 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8078 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8087 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8090 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8091 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8092 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8093 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8096 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8097 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8098 char *resource_name
;
8103 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8104 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8107 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8108 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8109 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8110 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8111 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8112 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8113 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8114 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8115 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8116 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8117 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8118 least, hence the configure test. */
8119 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8120 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8121 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8122 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8123 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8127 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8128 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8132 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8135 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8136 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8141 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8142 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8143 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8145 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8146 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8147 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8148 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8149 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8150 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8152 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8155 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8159 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8160 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8163 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8166 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8168 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8169 is already for the top-left corner. */
8170 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8173 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8174 position that fits on the screen. */
8175 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8176 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8177 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8180 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8182 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8183 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8184 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8186 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8187 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8188 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8189 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8192 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8193 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8195 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8198 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8199 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8202 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8203 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8204 so the flags should correspond. */
8205 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8208 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8209 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8210 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8211 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8212 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8215 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8217 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8220 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8222 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8226 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8228 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8230 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8231 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8233 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8236 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8238 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8239 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8241 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8243 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8244 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8245 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8246 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8247 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8250 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8251 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8253 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8254 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8256 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8257 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8258 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8264 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8265 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8267 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8270 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8272 int width
, height
, ign
;
8274 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8276 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8278 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8279 when setting WM manager hints.
8280 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8281 x_check_expected_move. */
8282 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8284 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8285 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8286 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8288 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8289 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8294 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8296 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8297 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8298 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8299 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8301 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8304 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8306 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8307 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8309 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8311 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8312 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8313 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8315 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8316 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8317 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8319 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8320 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8322 /* Just do this once */
8323 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8328 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8329 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8330 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8331 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8334 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8339 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8341 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8342 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8343 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8345 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8346 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8347 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8349 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8351 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8352 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8354 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8355 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8357 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8358 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8359 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8361 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8362 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8363 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8364 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8366 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8367 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8368 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8369 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8370 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8372 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8374 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8375 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8376 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8378 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8379 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8380 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8381 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8382 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8384 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8388 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8389 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8390 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8391 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8394 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8402 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8403 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8405 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8408 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8410 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8411 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8412 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8413 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8414 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8415 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8416 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8417 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8418 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8421 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8423 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8425 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8427 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8429 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8430 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8432 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8433 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8434 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8435 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8436 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8441 /* Mouse warping. */
8444 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8450 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8451 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8453 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8454 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8456 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8457 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8461 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8462 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8466 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8469 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8475 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8476 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8480 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8483 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8486 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8490 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8491 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8492 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8493 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8494 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8503 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8504 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8505 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8506 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8510 /* Raise frame F. */
8516 if (f
->async_visible
)
8519 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8520 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8525 /* Lower frame F. */
8531 if (f
->async_visible
)
8534 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8535 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8541 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8551 /* Change of visibility. */
8553 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8554 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8555 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8556 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8557 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8558 finishes with it. */
8561 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8565 int original_top
, original_left
;
8566 int retry_count
= 2;
8572 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8574 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8576 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8578 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8579 call x_set_offset a second time
8580 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8581 before the window gets really visible. */
8582 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8583 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8584 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8586 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8588 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8589 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8590 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8591 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8592 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8593 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8595 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8596 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8598 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8599 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8600 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8601 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8602 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8603 to come back ok without this. */
8604 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8605 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8611 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8612 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8613 so that incoming events are handled. */
8617 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8618 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8619 will set it when they are handled. */
8620 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8622 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8623 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8625 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8628 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8630 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8631 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8632 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8633 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8635 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8636 because the window manager may choose the position
8637 and we don't want to override it. */
8639 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8640 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8641 && previously_visible
)
8645 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8649 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8650 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8651 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8652 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8653 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8654 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8655 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8656 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8657 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8659 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8660 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8661 original_left
, original_top
);
8666 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8668 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8669 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8670 MapNotify at all.. */
8671 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8672 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8674 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8677 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8678 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8679 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8680 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8681 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8683 if (input_polling_used ())
8685 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8686 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8687 handler reset it. */
8688 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8689 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8690 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8691 poll_for_input_1 ();
8692 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8695 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8696 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8701 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8705 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8706 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8707 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8708 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8710 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8715 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8717 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8720 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8725 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8726 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8728 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8729 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8730 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8732 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8733 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8739 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8740 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8741 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8742 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8743 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8744 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8747 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8748 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8754 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8755 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8757 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8758 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8760 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8762 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8763 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8767 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8768 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8769 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8770 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8771 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8772 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8774 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8777 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8778 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8782 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8783 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8784 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8787 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8788 just by the event that we get from the server.
8789 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8790 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8791 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8793 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8794 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8795 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8802 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8811 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8812 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8813 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8815 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8820 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8822 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8824 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8827 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8829 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8830 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8832 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8835 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8836 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8842 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8844 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8846 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8847 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8848 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8849 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8850 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8851 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8852 so we have to record it here. */
8855 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8856 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8861 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8862 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8863 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8867 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8869 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8870 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8874 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8876 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8878 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8879 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8880 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8881 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8883 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8884 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8886 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8887 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8891 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8892 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8893 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8894 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8895 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8897 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8898 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8900 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8903 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8904 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8908 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8910 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8912 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8914 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8915 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8918 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8919 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8921 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8923 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8927 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8930 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8933 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8935 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8939 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8940 commands to the X server. */
8941 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8943 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8944 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8946 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8947 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8948 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8949 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8950 toolkit scroll bars. */
8951 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8953 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8954 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8963 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8966 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8967 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8969 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8970 we are using a toolkit. */
8971 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8972 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8974 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8975 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8978 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8979 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8980 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8982 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8983 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8984 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8986 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8988 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8989 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8990 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8992 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8993 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8994 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8995 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8996 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8997 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8999 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9000 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9001 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9002 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9003 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9004 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9005 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9006 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9007 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9008 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9009 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9010 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9011 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9012 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9013 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9015 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9016 free_frame_faces (f
);
9019 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9022 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9023 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9025 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9026 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9028 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9029 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9030 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9031 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9032 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9033 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9035 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9037 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9038 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9039 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9040 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9041 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9042 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9043 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9050 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9053 x_destroy_window (f
)
9056 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9058 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9059 commands to the X server. */
9060 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9061 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9063 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9067 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9069 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9070 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9071 that the window now has.
9072 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9073 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9074 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9078 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9083 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9085 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9088 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9091 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9093 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9094 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9096 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9097 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9099 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9100 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9101 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9102 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9103 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9104 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9105 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9106 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9107 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9108 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9110 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9111 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9112 size_hints
.max_width
9113 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9114 size_hints
.max_height
9115 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9117 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9119 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9120 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9121 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9123 int base_width
, base_height
;
9124 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9126 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9127 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9129 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9131 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9132 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9133 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9134 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9135 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9137 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9138 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9139 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9142 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9143 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9144 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9145 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9146 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9148 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9149 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9153 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9156 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9159 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9162 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9163 long supplied_return
;
9167 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9170 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9173 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9174 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9175 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9176 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9177 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9181 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9186 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9187 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9188 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9189 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9190 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9191 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9192 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9193 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9197 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9202 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9203 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9207 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9208 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9210 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9213 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9215 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9218 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9220 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9223 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9227 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9230 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9231 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9232 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9233 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9235 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9236 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9238 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9239 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9243 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9247 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9249 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9250 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9255 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9256 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9257 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9258 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9262 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9263 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9264 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9265 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9266 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9267 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9268 best to explicitly give up. */
9270 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9271 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9280 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9284 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9288 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9289 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9290 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9291 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9294 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9296 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9297 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9299 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9303 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9307 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9309 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9310 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9311 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9313 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9317 /***********************************************************************
9319 ***********************************************************************/
9321 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9324 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9328 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9332 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9334 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9337 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9339 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9340 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9341 on how many fonts to match. */
9344 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9346 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9350 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9351 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9352 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9353 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9354 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9355 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9357 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9361 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9365 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9366 if (NILP (patterns
))
9367 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9369 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9370 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9371 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9373 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9376 char **names
= NULL
;
9378 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9379 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9380 The cache is an alist of the form:
9381 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9382 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9383 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9384 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9385 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9388 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9389 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9393 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9396 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9398 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9401 unsigned long value
;
9403 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9404 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9406 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9407 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9409 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9413 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9415 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9416 int len
= strlen (name
);
9419 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9420 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9421 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9423 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9427 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9428 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9430 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9431 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9436 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9439 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9442 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9444 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9445 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9452 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9453 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9456 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9465 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9468 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9470 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9471 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9473 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9477 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9484 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9485 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9486 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9490 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9492 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9493 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9494 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9495 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9496 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9497 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9502 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9504 else if (dashes
== 9)
9506 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9507 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9510 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9511 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9513 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9514 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9516 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9517 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9518 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9520 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9521 width of this font. */
9522 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9524 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9525 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9530 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9533 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9538 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9539 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9540 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9543 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9545 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9546 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9547 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9553 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9557 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9561 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9563 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9564 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9565 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9568 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9569 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9570 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9571 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9573 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9574 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9576 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9578 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9584 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9586 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9588 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9592 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9593 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9594 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9595 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9598 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9599 if (found_size
== size
)
9600 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9601 else if (found_size
> 0)
9603 if (NILP (second_best
))
9605 else if (found_size
< size
)
9607 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9608 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9613 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9614 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9619 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9621 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9623 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9634 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9638 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9645 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9647 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9648 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9649 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9652 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9655 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9657 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9658 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9659 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9660 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9661 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9664 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9668 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9669 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9671 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9672 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9673 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9675 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9679 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9680 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9681 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9682 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9683 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9686 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9692 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9693 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9695 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9696 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9698 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9699 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9701 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9704 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9705 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9706 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9708 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9709 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9712 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9713 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9715 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9716 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9717 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9721 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9722 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9723 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9724 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9727 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9729 register char *fontname
;
9732 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9733 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9736 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9737 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9738 we already have by comparing names. */
9739 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9741 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9746 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9747 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9748 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9749 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9750 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9751 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9752 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9753 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9756 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9760 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9761 unsigned long value
;
9764 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9765 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9766 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9767 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9768 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9769 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9770 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9773 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9774 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9775 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9777 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9778 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9780 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9782 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9787 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9788 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9789 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9792 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9793 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9794 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9797 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9798 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9800 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9803 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9804 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9807 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9809 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9811 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9812 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9813 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9815 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9817 /* Fixed width font. */
9818 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9825 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9826 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9828 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9830 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9832 fontp
->average_width
9833 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9834 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9835 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9836 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9837 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9841 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9842 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9843 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9844 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9845 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9848 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9852 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9854 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9856 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9860 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9861 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9863 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9874 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9875 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9882 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9884 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9886 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9887 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9889 if (NILP (font_names
))
9891 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9892 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9893 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9894 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9895 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9896 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9899 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9901 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9902 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9904 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9907 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9909 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9911 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9912 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9914 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9918 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9919 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9920 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9921 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9922 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9923 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9924 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9925 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9927 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9929 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9930 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9931 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9932 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9933 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9935 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9936 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9937 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9938 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9939 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9940 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9941 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9942 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9943 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9944 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9945 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9946 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9947 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9949 fontp
->baseline_offset
9950 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9951 ? (long) value
: 0);
9952 fontp
->relative_compose
9953 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9954 ? (long) value
: 0);
9955 fontp
->default_ascent
9956 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9957 ? (long) value
: 0);
9959 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9960 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9961 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9962 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9963 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9964 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9971 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9972 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9975 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9977 register char *fontname
;
9979 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9982 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9983 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9984 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9985 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9986 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9991 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9992 `encoder' of the structure. */
9995 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9996 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9998 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10001 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10005 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10006 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10008 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10015 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10016 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10018 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10021 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10027 /***********************************************************************
10029 ***********************************************************************/
10031 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10032 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10033 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10034 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10036 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10037 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10038 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10040 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10041 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10042 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10043 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10044 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10045 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10046 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10048 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10050 static int x_initialized
;
10052 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10053 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10054 the screen number from the server number. */
10056 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10057 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10059 int seen_colon
= 0;
10060 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10061 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10062 int length_until_period
= 0;
10064 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10065 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10066 length_until_period
++;
10068 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10069 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10071 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10073 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10074 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10075 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10076 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10077 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10078 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10079 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10080 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10081 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10082 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10083 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10084 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10085 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10086 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10088 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10092 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10096 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10097 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10101 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10102 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10105 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10106 unsigned long mask
;
10113 while (!(mask
& 1))
10129 struct x_display_info
*
10130 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10131 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10133 char *resource_name
;
10137 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10142 if (!x_initialized
)
10150 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10152 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10153 char **argv2
= argv
;
10156 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10158 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10159 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10160 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10161 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10162 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10166 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10170 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10172 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10174 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10175 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10178 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10179 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10182 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10185 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10187 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10191 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10193 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10194 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10196 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10198 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10199 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10200 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10202 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10203 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10204 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10206 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10207 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10212 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10213 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10216 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10217 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10218 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10220 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10221 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10222 So let's not use it until R6. */
10223 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10224 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10235 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10236 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10238 turn_on_atimers (0);
10239 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10240 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10241 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10243 turn_on_atimers (1);
10245 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10246 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10251 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10253 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10255 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10256 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10257 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10259 /* Detect failure. */
10266 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10268 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10269 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10271 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10273 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10276 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10277 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10278 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10279 SDATA (display_name
)))
10282 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10285 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10286 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10287 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10289 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10291 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10292 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10293 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10297 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10298 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10299 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10300 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10301 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10302 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10303 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10305 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10309 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10310 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10311 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10313 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10314 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10315 x_display_name_list
);
10316 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10318 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10321 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10325 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10326 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10328 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10329 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10331 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10332 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10334 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10336 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10337 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10338 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10340 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10341 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10343 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10344 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10345 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10346 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10348 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10350 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10352 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10354 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10355 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10356 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10357 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10358 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10359 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10360 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10361 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10362 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10363 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10364 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10365 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10366 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10367 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10368 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10369 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10370 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10371 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10372 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10373 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10374 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10375 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10376 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10377 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10378 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10379 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10380 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10381 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10382 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10383 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10384 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10385 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10386 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10388 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10389 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10390 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10392 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10394 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10395 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10396 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10397 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10398 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10399 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10402 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10403 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10405 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10408 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10409 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10410 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10412 if (STRINGP (value
)
10413 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10414 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10415 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10419 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10420 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10423 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10424 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10425 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10426 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10427 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10428 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10429 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10430 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10431 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10454 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10455 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10456 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10457 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10459 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10461 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10462 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10463 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10465 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10467 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10468 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10469 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10471 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10472 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10473 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10475 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10476 /* For properties of font. */
10477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10478 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10479 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10480 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10482 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10483 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10484 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10486 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10488 /* Ghostscript support. */
10489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10492 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10495 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10497 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10498 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10503 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10505 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10506 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10507 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10512 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10513 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10515 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10517 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10518 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10522 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10525 #ifdef subprocesses
10526 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10527 if (connection
!= 0)
10528 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10531 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10533 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10534 /* stdin is a socket here */
10535 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10536 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10537 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10538 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10539 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10540 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10543 if (interrupt_input
)
10544 init_sigio (connection
);
10545 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10548 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10549 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10550 so that Xt does not crash. */
10552 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10553 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10557 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10558 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10559 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10560 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10561 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10562 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10563 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10564 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10566 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10567 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10568 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10573 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10574 for debugging X code. */
10577 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10578 build_string ("synchronous"),
10579 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10581 if (STRINGP (value
)
10582 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10583 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10584 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10589 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10590 build_string ("useXIM"),
10591 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10594 if (STRINGP (value
)
10595 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10596 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10599 if (STRINGP (value
)
10600 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10601 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10607 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10608 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10609 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10617 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10618 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10621 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10626 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10628 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10629 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10630 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10631 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10632 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10637 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10638 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10640 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10642 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10645 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10649 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10650 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10652 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10653 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10656 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10658 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10659 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10660 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10663 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10664 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10665 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10668 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10669 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10670 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10674 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10677 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10678 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10679 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10681 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10682 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10683 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10686 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10687 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10689 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10690 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10691 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10695 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10697 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10698 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10699 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10700 that slows us down. */
10703 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10704 struct atimer
*timer
;
10706 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10709 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10710 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10715 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10718 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10720 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10722 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10724 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10728 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10730 x_after_update_window_line
,
10731 x_update_window_begin
,
10732 x_update_window_end
,
10738 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10740 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10741 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10742 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10743 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10744 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10745 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10748 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10749 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10750 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10751 x_clear_frame_area
,
10752 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10753 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10754 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10760 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10762 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10763 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10764 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10765 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10766 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10767 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10768 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10769 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10770 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10771 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10772 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10773 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10774 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10775 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10776 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10777 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10778 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10779 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10781 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10782 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10783 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10784 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10785 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10790 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10791 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10792 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10795 current_count
= -1;
10798 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10799 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10801 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10802 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10804 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10806 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10807 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10808 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10809 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10810 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10811 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10812 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10814 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10816 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10817 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10818 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10819 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10820 widgets don't behave normally. */
10822 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10823 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10824 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10828 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10830 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10831 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10835 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10836 original error handler. */
10837 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10838 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10840 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10842 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10843 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10845 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10852 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10854 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10855 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10857 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10858 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10860 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10861 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10863 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10864 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10865 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10866 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10868 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10869 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10871 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10872 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10873 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10874 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10875 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10876 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10877 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10879 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10880 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10881 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10882 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10883 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10884 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10885 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10886 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10887 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10889 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10890 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10891 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10892 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10893 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10895 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10896 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10897 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10899 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10901 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10904 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10907 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10908 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10910 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10911 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10912 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10913 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10914 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10915 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10916 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10917 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10918 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10920 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10921 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10922 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10923 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10924 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10925 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10927 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10928 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10929 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10930 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10931 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10932 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10934 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10935 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10936 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10937 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10938 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10939 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10941 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10942 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10943 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10944 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10945 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10946 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10948 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10949 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10950 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10951 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10952 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10956 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10958 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10959 (do not change this comment) */